#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11 msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories" msgstr "Zugriff auf über WebDAV freigegebene Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14 msgid "diskdrake --dav" msgstr "diskdrake --dav" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " "Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure " "WebDAV shares</guilabel>." msgstr "Das Werkzeug <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> befindet sich im Mageia Control Center im Reiter Netzwerkfreigaben und heißt <guilabel>Configure WebDAV shares</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 #: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29 #: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:21 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Einleitung" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32 msgid "" "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a " "protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it " "appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a " "WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV " "server." msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> ist ein Protokoll, welches erlaubt, Verzeichnisse auf einem Webserver lokal einzubinden, sodass es wie ein lokales Verzeichnis erscheint. Dazu ist es notwendig, das auf dem Remote-Computer ein WebDAV-Server läuft. Ziel dieses Werkzeugs ist nicht die Konfiguration eines WebDAV Servers." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40 msgid "Creating a new entry" msgstr "Einen neuen Eintrag erstellen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42 msgid "" "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if " "any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. " "Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen." msgstr "Das erste Fenster von dem Werkzeug zeigt die bereits konfigurierten Einträge an, wenn welche vorhanden sind und einen <guibutton>Neu</guibutton> Knopf. Benutze diesen, um eine neuen Eintrag zu erstellen. Gib in das Feld von dem neuen Fenster die Server-URL ein." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46 msgid "" "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions. Continue " "with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking " "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the " "<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct" " it, if needed." msgstr "Dann bekommen sie einen Auswahlbildschirm, wo sie " #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58 msgid "" "The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount " "point." msgstr "Der" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61 msgid "" "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other " "options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen." msgstr "Geben sie in dem nächsten Schritt ihren Benutzernamen und ihr Passwort an. Wenn sie weitere Optionen benötigen, können sie diese im <guibutton>Erweitert</guibutton> Bildschirm angeben" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71 msgid "" "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the " "access." msgstr "Die Option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> erlaubt dir sofortigen Zugriff zu mounten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74 msgid "" "After you accepted the configuration with the radio button " "<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your " "new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you" " are asked whether or not to save the modifications in " "<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the " "remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for " "one-time usage, do not save it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3 msgid "Share your hard disk partitions" msgstr "Festplattenpartitionen im Netzwerk freigeben" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6 msgid "diskdrake --fileshare" msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png" msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 msgid "" "This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the " "administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home " "subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have " "computers running either Linux or Windows operating system." msgstr "Mit diesem Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> können sie Benutzern erlauben, Teile ihres /home Unterverzeichnisses mit anderen Linux oder Windows Benutzern im selben Netzwerk zu teilen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20 msgid "" "It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled" " \"Share your hard disk partitions\"." msgstr "Sie finden es im Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter dem 'Lokale Festplatten' Tab unter \"Festplattenpartitionen im Netzwerk freigeben\"" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23 msgid "" "First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to " "share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No " "sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on " "<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on " "<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for" " the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their" " directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " "created by the system. You will be asked about this later." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you " "choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. " "Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on " "the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both " "Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any " "required packages will be installed if necessary." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39 msgid "" "The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen. In " "this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows " "you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare " "group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, " "then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the " "fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information" " about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50 msgid "" "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and " "reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account." msgstr "Wenn sie einen neuen Benutzer zur fileshare Gruppe hinzufügen müssen sie das Netzwerk erneut verbinden, um die Änderungen anzuwenden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55 msgid "" "From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her" " file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " "have this facility." msgstr "Ab jetzt kann jeder Benutzer, der in der Gruppe fileshare ist, in ihrem/seinem Dateimanager die zu teilenden Verzeichnisse auswählen. Allerdings ist dies nicht mit jedem Dateimanager möglich." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 #: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "de" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3 msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories" msgstr "Zugriff auf über NFS freigegebene Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6 msgid "diskdrake --nfs" msgstr "diskdrake --nfs" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17 msgid "." msgstr "." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare " "some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix " "systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. " "Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a" " user with tools such as file browsers." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38 msgid "Procedure" msgstr "Prozedur" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38 msgid "" "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers " "which share directories." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41 msgid "" "Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the " "shared directories and select the directory you want to access." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51 msgid "" "The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have" " to specify where to mount the directory." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60 msgid "" "After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and " "change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After " "mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73 msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77 msgid "" "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, " "a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab " "modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the" " network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " "browser, for example in Dolphin." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85 msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3 msgid "CD/DVD burner" msgstr "CD/DVD Brenner" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5 msgid "diskdrake --removable" msgstr "diskdrake --removable" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10 msgid "diskdrake--removable.png" msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab " "Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your " "removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)." msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>finden sie in dem 'Lokale Festplatten' Tab im Mageia Kontrollzentrum und ist abhängig von ihren wechselbaren Hardware bezeichnet (nur CD/DVD-Brenner und Diskettenlaufwerke)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20 msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22 msgid "" "At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and " "the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. " "Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> " "button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28 msgid "Mount point" msgstr "Einhängepunkt" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30 msgid "" "Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom." msgstr "Wählen sie dies aus, um den Einhängepunkt zu veränden. Standardmäßig ist er /media/cdrom." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66 msgid "Options" msgstr "Optionen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39 msgid "" "Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the" " <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45 msgid "user/nouser" msgstr "user/nouser" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47 msgid "" "user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this " "option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is " "the only one who can umount it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11 msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories" msgstr "Zugriff auf über SMB (für Windows) freigegebene Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14 msgid "diskdrake --smb" msgstr "diskdrake --smb" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare " "which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) " "systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared " "directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with" " tools such as file browsers." msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> erlaubt es ihnen festzulegen, welche geteilten Verzeichnisse für alle Benutzer auf dem Rechner aufrufbar sein sollen. Dafür wird das Protokoll SMB verwendet, was auf Windows(R) Systemen Bekanntheit erlangte. Das geteilte Verzeichnis wird direkt beim Start verwendbar sein. Geteilte Verzeichnisse können auch direkt in einer Einzelsitzung von einem Nutzer mit Werkzeugen wie Dateibrowsern aufgerufen werden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33 msgid "" "Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of " "available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40 msgid "" "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who" " share directories." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43 msgid "" "Click on the server name and on > before the server name to display the " "list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47 msgid "" "The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you " "have to specify where to mount the directory." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52 msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56 msgid "" "After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount " "button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the " "<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60 msgid "" "In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to " "connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it " "with the same button." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66 msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72 msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76 msgid "" "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask " "\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow " "directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The " "new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in " "dolphin." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84 msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:3 msgid "3D Desktop Effects" msgstr "3D-Desktop-Effekte" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drak3d.xml:5 msgid "drak3d" msgstr "drak3d" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:10 msgid "drak3d.png" msgstr "drak3d.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:18 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:17 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D " "desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by " "default." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:25 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "Erste Schritte" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:27 msgid "" "To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the " "package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can " "start." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:31 msgid "" "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window. Here you " "can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or " "<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a " "composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special " "effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn " "it on." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:38 msgid "" "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of " "Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be" " installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the " "<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue." msgstr "Wenn sie dieses Programm zum ersten Mal nach einer Neuinstallation starten, werden sie eine Warnmeldung bekommen, sie sagt, welche Pakete nachinstalliert werden müssen, um Compiz Fusion zu benutzen. Klicken sie auf <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>, um fortzufahren." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:45 msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:49 msgid "" "Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz " "Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in " "for the changes to take effect." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:53 msgid "" "After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz " "Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager) tool." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:59 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Problembehebung" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:62 msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:64 msgid "" "If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop " "but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in " "screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:71 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:75 msgid "" "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be " "prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login " "with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the" " log in problem." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakauth.xml:9 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Authentifizierung" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakauth.xml:11 msgid "drakauth" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakauth.xml:16 msgid "drakauth.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the" " manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:25 msgid "" "By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your " "computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so " "and give information about that." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3 msgid "Set up boot system" msgstr "Bootmanager einrichten " #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:5 msgid "drakboot --boot" msgstr "drakboot --boot" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10 msgid "drakboot--boot.png" msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 msgid "" "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default " "boot, etc.)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19 msgid "" "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set " "up boot system\"." msgstr "Sie finden es im Systemstart Tab im Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter 'Bootmanager einrichten'" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23 msgid "" "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing " "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28 msgid "" "In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to" " choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " "with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are " "no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot " "device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The" " boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can " "prevent you machine from booting." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36 msgid "" "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " "During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating" " systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " "bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43 msgid "" "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is " "possible to set a password." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49 msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>ACPI aktivieren:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:51 msgid "" "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the " "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was " "the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI " "compatible." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>SMP aktivieren:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:58 msgid "" "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for " "multicore processors." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62 msgid "" "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " "processor and enable SMP." msgstr "Wenn sie einen Prozessor mit HyperThreading besitzen, wird Mageia ihn als dualen Prozessor anzeigen und SMP aktivieren." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local " "APIC:</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69 msgid "" "APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two " "components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O " "APIC. This one routes the interrupts it receives them from peripheral buses " "to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful " "for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC " "system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message " "\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local" " APIC." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80 msgid "drakboot1.png" msgstr "drakboot1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84 msgid "" "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the " "available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the" " order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " "selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or " "<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new " "entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar" " with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 msgid "drakboot2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:98 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want " "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For " "example: Mageia3." msgstr "Das <guilabel>Bezeichung</guilabel> ist ein Freitextfeld. Schreiben sie hier hinein, was im Menü angezeigt werden soll. Es stimmt mit dem Grub Kommando 'title' überein, zum Beispiel Mageia3" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches " "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the " "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to " "the kernel at boot time." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this " "entry by default." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 msgid "" "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> " "file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakboot.xml:3 msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in" msgstr "Autologin einrichten zur automatischen Anmeldung" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakboot.xml:6 msgid "drakboot" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot.xml:11 msgid "drakboot.png" msgstr "drakboot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:16 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to " "automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without " "asking for any password. It's called autologin. This is generally a good " "idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:22 msgid "" "It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the " "Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"." msgstr "Sie finden es im Mageia Kontrollzentrum in dem <emphasis role=\"bold\">Systemstart</emphasis> Tab unter \"Autologin einrichten zur automatischen Anmeldung\"" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:26 msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:28 msgid "" "Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system " "starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the " "boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be " "possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by " "launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:34 msgid "" "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either " "<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to" " continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " "<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if " "needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default " "username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:11 msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:12 msgid "drakbug_report" msgstr "drakbug_report" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20 msgid "" "It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by" " doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > " "drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space " "first: the file can easily be several GBs large." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24 msgid "" "The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing" " the unneeded parts." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:26 msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:29 msgid "lspci" msgstr "lspci" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:30 msgid "pci_devices" msgstr "pci_devices" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:31 msgid "dmidecode" msgstr "dmidecode" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:32 msgid "fdisk" msgstr "fdisk" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:33 msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:34 msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices" msgstr "/sys/bus/scsi/devices" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:35 msgid "lsmod" msgstr "lsmod" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:36 msgid "cmdline" msgstr "cmdline" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:37 msgid "pcmcia: stab" msgstr "pcmcia: stab" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:38 msgid "usb" msgstr "usb" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:39 msgid "partitions" msgstr "Partitionen" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:40 msgid "cpuinfo" msgstr "cpuinfo" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:41 msgid "syslog" msgstr "syslog" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:42 msgid "Xorg.log" msgstr "Xorg.log" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:43 msgid "monitor_full_edid" msgstr "monitor_full_edid" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:44 msgid "stage1.log" msgstr "stage1.log" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:45 msgid "ddebug.log" msgstr "ddebug.log" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:46 msgid "install.log" msgstr "install.log" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:47 msgid "fstab" msgstr "fstab" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:48 msgid "modprobe.conf" msgstr "modprobe.conf" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:49 msgid "lilo.conf" msgstr "lilo.conf" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:50 msgid "grub: menu.lst" msgstr "grub: menu.lst" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:51 msgid "grub: install.sh" msgstr "grub: install.sh" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:52 msgid "grub: device.map" msgstr "grub: device.map" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:53 msgid "xorg.conf" msgstr "xorg.conf" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:54 msgid "urpmi.cfg" msgstr "urpmi.cfg" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:55 msgid "modprobe.preload" msgstr "modprobe.preload" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:56 msgid "sysconfig/i18n" msgstr "sysconfig/i18n" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:57 msgid "/proc/iomem" msgstr "/proc/iomem" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:58 msgid "/proc/ioport" msgstr "/proc/ioport" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:59 msgid "mageia version" msgstr "Mageia Version" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:60 msgid "rpm -qa" msgstr "rpm -qa" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:61 msgid "df" msgstr "df" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:65 msgid "" "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this " "command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to " "our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\"" " by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > " "journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, " "for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug.xml:9 msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool" msgstr "Mageia Bugreport-Werkzeug" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakbug.xml:9 msgid "drakbug" msgstr "drakbug" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakbug.xml:15 msgid "drakbug.png" msgstr "drakbug.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts " "automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that," " after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some " "of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug " "report." msgstr "Normalerweise startet dies Programm automatisch, wenn ein Mageia Werkzeug abstürzt. Es ist aber auch möglich, das nach dem Ausfüllen eines Bugreports, sie gefragt werden, dieses Programm zu starten, um weitere Informationen zu liefern, als solche, die schon im Report stehen" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:21 msgid "" "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, " "then please read <link " "xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How " "to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" " "button." msgstr "Wenn ein neuer Bug gemeldet werden soll, und sie sich noch nicht sicher fühlen, lesen sie bitte <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> (englisch), bevor sie auf 'Bericht' klicken" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:23 msgid "" "In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message " "that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to " "that existing report that you saw the bug, too." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakclock.xml:3 msgid "Manage date and time" msgstr "Datum und Uhrzeit einstellen" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakclock.xml:5 msgid "drakclock" msgstr "drakclock" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakclock.xml:10 msgid "drakclock.png" msgstr "drakclock.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab " "System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and " "time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a " "right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:21 msgid "It's a very simple tool." msgstr "Es ist ein sehr einfaches Werkzeug" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:23 msgid "" "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. " "On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on" " the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " "(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or " "2012). Select the day by clicking on its number." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:29 msgid "" "On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time " "Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on " "time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " "Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:34 msgid "" "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's " "useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, " "minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows" " to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see" " your desktop environment settings for that." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:40 msgid "" "At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the " "<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the " "nearest town." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:45 msgid "" "Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they" " will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " "settings." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3 msgid "Remove a connection" msgstr "Eine Verbindung entfernen" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3 msgid "drakconnect --del" msgstr "drakconnect --del" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8 msgid "drakconnect--del.png" msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" "You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" "Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " "id=\"0\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14 msgid "" "Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then " "click <emphasis>next</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15 msgid "" "You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted " "successfully." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:3 msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)" msgstr "Eine Netzwerkschnittstelle erstellen (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakconnect.xml:6 msgid "drakconnect" msgstr "drakconnect" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:11 msgid "drakconnect.png" msgstr "drakconnect.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:19 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:18 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much " "of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from " "your access provider or your network administrator." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:25 msgid "" "Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware " "and provider you have." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:30 msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)" msgstr "Eine neue kabelgebundene Verbindung (Ethernet)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162 msgid "" "The first window lists the interfaces which are available. Select the one " "to configure." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167 msgid "" "At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP " "address." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557 msgid "Automatic IP" msgstr "Automatische IP" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:48 msgid "" "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers" " are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " "HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," " the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." " The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " "<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" " have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:62 msgid "drakconnect5.png" msgstr "drakconnect5.png" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581 msgid "the DHCP client" msgstr "der DHCP-Client" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585 msgid "DHCP timeout" msgstr "DHCP Zeitüberschreitung" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599 msgid "" "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server " "requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. " "This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241 msgid "" "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection " "configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615 msgid "Manual configuration" msgstr "Manuelle Konfiguration" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:115 msgid "" "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS " "servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no " "HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " "attributed by default." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like " "<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " "<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " "available from your service provider's website." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:126 msgid "" "In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " "domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " "computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " "\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " "Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " "domestic ADSL would not need this setting." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:136 msgid "drakconnect30.png" msgstr "drakconnect30.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351 #: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688 #: en/drakconnect.xml:780 msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:150 msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)" msgstr "Eine neue Satelliten-Verbindung (DVB)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203 msgid "" "This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you" " can write this help, please contact <link " "ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " "team.</link> Thanking you in advance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:158 msgid "A new Cable modem connection" msgstr "Eine neue Modem-Verbindung" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:172 msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:176 msgid "None" msgstr "Keine" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:180 msgid "" "BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name" " and password." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:191 msgid "" "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " "are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " "HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," " the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." " The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " "<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" " have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:252 msgid "" "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers" " to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " "is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " "attributed by default." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:263 msgid "" "In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " "domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " "computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " "\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " "Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " "domestic connection would not need this setting." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:273 msgid "drakconnect32.png" msgstr "drakconnect32.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:287 msgid "A new DSL connection" msgstr "Eine neue DSL-Verbindung" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:291 msgid "" "If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to " "configure it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " "provider. If it is not listed, select the option " "<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380 msgid "Select one of the protocols available:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:307 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)" msgstr "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:311 msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration" msgstr "Manuelle TCP/IP Konfiguration" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:315 msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)" msgstr "PPP über ADSL (PPPoA)" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:319 msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)" msgstr "PPP über Ethernet (PPPoE)" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:323 msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" msgstr "Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:329 msgid "Access settings" msgstr "Zugangseinstellungen" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678 msgid "Account Login (user name)" msgstr "Benutzername (Login)" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682 msgid "Account password" msgstr "Passwort" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:341 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)" msgstr "(Fortgeschrittener) Virtuelle Pfad-ID (VPI):" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:345 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)" msgstr "(Fortgeschrittener) Virtuelle Circuit-ID (VCI):" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646 msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:357 msgid "A new ISDN connection" msgstr "Eine neue ISDN-Verbindung" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706 msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:365 msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)" msgstr "Manuelle Auswahl (Interne ISDN-Karte)" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:369 msgid "External ISDN modem" msgstr "Externes ISDN-Modem" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:375 msgid "" "A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. " "Select your card." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:384 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:389 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:395 msgid "" "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries. Select your " "provider. If it is not listed, select the option " "<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave " "you. Then it is asked for parameters:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:402 msgid "Connection name" msgstr "Name der Verbindung" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:406 msgid "Phone number" msgstr "Telefonnummer" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:410 msgid "Login ID" msgstr "Login-ID" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:418 msgid "Authentication method" msgstr "Authentifizierungsmethode" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:424 msgid "" "After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or " "manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:430 msgid "" "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by " "automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to" " put:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:436 msgid "Domain name" msgstr "Name der Domäne" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:440 msgid "First and second DNS Server" msgstr "Erster und zweiter DNS Server" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:444 msgid "" "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you " "are sure that your provider is configured to accept it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:452 msgid "" "The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic" " or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter " "the IP address." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:464 msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)" msgstr "Eine neue Drahtlos-Verbindung" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:468 msgid "" "A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for " "Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure. Use ndiswrapper " "only if the other configuration methods did not work." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:475 msgid "" "At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that " "the card has detected." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:480 msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:484 msgid "drakconnect31.png" msgstr "drakconnect31.png" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:490 msgid "Operating mode:" msgstr "Betriebsmodus" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:494 msgid "Managed" msgstr "Geführt" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:497 msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:503 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "Direkt" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:506 msgid "To configure direct connection between computers." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:514 msgid "Network Name (ESSID)" msgstr "Netzwerkname (ESSID)" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:518 msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:523 msgid "WPA/WPA2" msgstr "WPA/WPA2" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:526 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:532 msgid "WEP" msgstr "WEP" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:535 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:543 msgid "Encryption key" msgstr "Schlüssel" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:545 msgid "" "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:552 msgid "" "At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a " "manual IP address." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:561 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are " "declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. " "In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of " "the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name " "localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be " "provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from " "DHCP server</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:589 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:608 msgid "" "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all " "connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:619 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The " "HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," " the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:625 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like " "<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " "<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " "available from your providers website." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:630 msgid "" "In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " "domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, " "before the period." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:644 msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection" msgstr "Eine neue GPRS/Edge/3G Verbindung" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:648 msgid "" "If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to " "configure it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:653 msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:658 msgid "" "The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option " "<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:670 msgid "Provide access settings" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:674 msgid "Access Point Name" msgstr "Access-Point-Name" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:694 msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:702 msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:710 msgid "Manual choice" msgstr "Manuelle Auswahl" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:714 msgid "Detected hardware, if any." msgstr "Gefundene Hardware, falls vorhanden" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:720 msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:724 msgid "" "If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package " "<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:729 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " "provider. If it is not listed, select the option " "<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." " Then it is asked for Dialup options:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:736 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Verbindungs Name</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:740 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Telefon Number</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:744 msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:748 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Passwort</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:752 msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:" msgstr "<emphasis>Authentikation</emphasis>, Auswahl:" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:756 msgid "PAP/CHAP" msgstr "PAP/CHAP" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:760 msgid "Script-based" msgstr "Skript-basiert" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:764 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:768 msgid "Terminal-based" msgstr "Terminal-basiert" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:772 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:786 msgid "Ending the configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:788 msgid "In the next step, you can specify:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:792 msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:796 msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:800 msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:804 msgid "" "<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:809 msgid "" "In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow " "access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch " "automatically between access point according to the signal strength." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:816 msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:820 msgid "Metric (10 by default)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:824 msgid "MTU" msgstr "MTU" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:828 msgid "Network Hotplugging" msgstr "Netzwerk Hotplugging" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:832 msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel" msgstr "Aktiviere IPv6-zu-IPv4-Tunnel" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:836 msgid "" "The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start " "immediately or not." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:841 msgid "drakconnect9.png" msgstr "drakconnect9.png" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconsole.xml:3 msgid "Open a console as administrator" msgstr "Eine Konsole mit Administratorrechten öffnen" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakconsole.xml:5 msgid "drakconsole" msgstr "drakconsole" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconsole.xml:10 msgid "drakconsole.png" msgstr "drakconsole.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a " "console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more" " information about that." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakdisk.xml:8 msgid "Manage disk partitions" msgstr "Partitionen verwalten" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakdisk.xml:10 msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake" msgstr "drakdisk oder diskdrake" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:15 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png" msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:21 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> oder <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:20 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny " "error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a " "partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll " "see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on " "<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:30 msgid "" "If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you " "want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:35 msgid "drakdisk.png" msgstr "drakdisk.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:39 msgid "" "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your " "preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, " "resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a" " partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear " "all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete " "disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a " "partition." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:47 msgid "" "If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot " "choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition " "must be unmounted first." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:51 msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:53 msgid "" "To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to " "delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button " "<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part " "is selected" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:58 msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created." msgstr "Sie können auch einen Einhängepunkt wählen der nicht existiert, er wird erstellt." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:63 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:67 msgid "" "Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> " "gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be " "seen in the screenshot below." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:73 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakedm.xml:5 msgid "Set up display manager" msgstr "Display-Manager einrichten" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakedm.xml:7 msgid "drakedm" msgstr "drakedm" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakedm.xml:12 msgid "drakedm.png" msgstr "drakedm.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:17 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:16 msgid "" "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display " "manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available" " on your system will be shown." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:24 msgid "" "Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. " "However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a " "lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:3 msgid "Set up your personal firewall" msgstr "Persönliche Firewall einrichten" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:5 msgid "drakfirewall" msgstr "drakfirewall" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10 msgid "drakfirewall.png" msgstr "drakfirewall.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal " "firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system " "security, permissions and audit\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:20 msgid "" "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming " "connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the " "first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection" " attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " "<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable " "the firewall, and only check the needed services." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:27 msgid "" "It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on " "<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field " "<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these " "examples :" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:32 msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:34 msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:37 msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:39 msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is " "checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44 msgid "drakfirewall2.png" msgstr "drakfirewall2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:49 msgid "" "If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) " "it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even " "recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:55 msgid "" "The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature " "allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box " "<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second " "box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure " "somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards " "corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot" " below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to " "be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:64 msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69 msgid "drakfirewall3.png" msgstr "drakfirewall3.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75 msgid "drakfirewall4.png" msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79 msgid "" "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the " "Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary" " packages are downloaded." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:84 msgid "" "If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network & " "Internet, icon Set up a new network interface." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfont.xml:3 msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts" msgstr "Schriften verwalten, hinzufügen und entfernen. Import von Windows(TM)-Schriften" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakfont.xml:6 msgid "drakfont" msgstr "drakfont" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfont.xml:11 msgid "drakfont.png" msgstr "drakfont.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:16 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It " "allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen " "above shows:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:22 msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:26 msgid "a preview of the selected font." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:30 msgid "some buttons explained here later." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:36 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:38 msgid "" "This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You" " must have Microsoft Windows installed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:41 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Optionen:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:43 msgid "" "It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able" " to use the fonts." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:46 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:48 msgid "" "This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place. Be " "careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the " "documents that use them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:52 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:54 msgid "" "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The " "supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select " "the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> " "when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:60 msgid "" "If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont " "main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:3 msgid "Parental Controls" msgstr "Kindersicherungen" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakguard.xml:5 msgid "drakguard" msgstr "drakguard" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakguard.xml:10 msgid "drakguard.png" msgstr "drakguard.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " "Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental " "Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the " "drakguard package (not installed by default)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19 msgid "Presentation" msgstr "Präsentation" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:23 msgid "" "Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to " "restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three " "useful capabilities:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:29 msgid "" "It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by " "controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:35 msgid "" "It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can" " only execute what you accept them to execute." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:40 msgid "" "It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through " "blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the " "website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental " "control blocker DansGuardian." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:49 msgid "Configuring Parental controls" msgstr "Kindersicherung einrichten" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:52 msgid "" "If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, " "Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on " "your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel " "feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named " "users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by" " an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to " "this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and" " will then suggest you reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:61 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental " "control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab" " is opened." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the " "websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all " "the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:69 msgid "" "<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have " "their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the " "right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are " "not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on " "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user. Select an " "user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to " "remove him/her from the allowed users." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:77 msgid "" "<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed " "with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and " "<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time " "window." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:83 msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:85 msgid "" "Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the " "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:90 msgid "Block Programs Tab" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:92 msgid "" "<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to" " restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " "applications you wish to block." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:96 msgid "" "<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand " "side will not be subject to acl blocking." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:9 msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines" msgstr "Die Internetverbindung mit anderen lokalen Rechnern teilen" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakgw.xml:12 msgid "drakgw" msgstr "drakgw" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:17 msgid "drakgw.png" msgstr "drakgw.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:25 msgid "Principles" msgstr "Prinzipien" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:29 msgid "drakgw-net.png" msgstr "drakgw-net.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:27 msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a " "computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local " "network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to " "other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the " "gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card " "must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to " "the Internet (2)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:39 msgid "" "The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are " "set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:45 msgid "Gateway wizard" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:48 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:47 msgid "" "The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps " "which are shown below:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:54 msgid "" "If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this " "and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:60 msgid "" "specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard " "automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that " "what is proposed is correct." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:66 msgid "" "specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes" " one, check that this is correct." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:71 msgid "" "The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask" " and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual" " configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:78 msgid "" "specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard " "will check that <code>bind</code> is installed. Otherwise, you have to " "specify the address of a DNS server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:84 msgid "" "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard " "will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure" " it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:91 msgid "" "specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard " "will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, " "with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the " "proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:99 msgid "" "The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to " "printers and to share them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:104 msgid "" "You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:109 msgid "Configure the client" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:111 msgid "" "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to " "specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address " "automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting " "to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is" " using." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:117 msgid "" "If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular " "specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the " "gateway." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:123 msgid "Stop connection sharing" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:125 msgid "" "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch " "the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the " "sharing." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakhosts.xml:3 msgid "Hosts definitions" msgstr "Hosts Definitionen" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakhosts.xml:5 msgid "drakhosts" msgstr "drakhosts" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakhosts.xml:10 msgid "drakhosts.png" msgstr "drakhosts.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:16 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:14 msgid "" "If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-" "addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to " "specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name " "instead of the IP-address." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:20 msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Zufügen</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:22 msgid "" "With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window " "to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an " "alias which can be used in the same way that the name is." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:27 msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Verändern</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:29 msgid "" "You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the " "same window." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:3 msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall" msgstr "Erweiterte Einstellungen für Netzwerkschnittstellen und Firewall" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:3 msgid "drakinvictus" msgstr "drakinvictus" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8 msgid "drakinvictus.png" msgstr "drakinvictus.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12 #: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " "can write this help, please contact <link " "ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " "team.</link> Thanking you in advance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:10 msgid "Network Center" msgstr "Netzwerkzentrum" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:12 msgid "draknetcenter" msgstr "draknetcenter" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17 msgid "draknetcenter.png" msgstr "draknetcenter.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:21 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "Network & Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network " "Center\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31 msgid "" "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks " "configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite," " etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, " "depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, " "change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to " "create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface " "(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:39 msgid "" "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the " "first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder " "type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder" " type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " "wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder " "type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder " "type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network " "types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not" " connected." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62 msgid "" "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected " "networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal " "strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and " "the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then " "either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> " "or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network " "to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings " "window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption " "key in particular)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:72 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen." msgstr "Klicken sie auf <guibutton>Aktualisieren</guibutton> um das Fenster neu zu laden" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76 msgid "draknetcenter1.png" msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:84 msgid "The Monitor button" msgstr "Der Monitor Knopf" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88 msgid "draknetcenter4.png" msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:92 msgid "" "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the " "PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is " "available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray" " -> Monitor Network</guimenu>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:97 msgid "" "There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the " "local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which " "gives details about connection status." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102 msgid "" "At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic " "accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:108 msgid "The Configure button" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:110 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114 msgid "draknetcenter2.png" msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:118 msgid "" "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. " "Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> " "<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual" " configuration may give better results." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:123 msgid "" "For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks " "like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the " "<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are " "available from your providers website." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:128 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count " "the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in " "the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may " "have to reconnect to the network." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network " "Manager:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185 msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148 msgid "draknetcenter5.png" msgstr "draknetcenter5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:152 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:154 msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158 msgid "draknetcenter3.png" msgstr "draknetcenter3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:162 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:164 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access " "point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected. " "Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as " "the access point, your network card needs to support this mode." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:170 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:173 msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175 msgid "" "<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a" " passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " "personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used " "in private networks." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:180 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:182 msgid "" "Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access " "point while remaining connected to the network." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193 msgid "draknetcenter6.png" msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:201 msgid "The Advanced Settings button" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209 msgid "draknetcenter7.png" msgstr "draknetcenter7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:3 msgid "Manage different network profiles" msgstr "Verwalten unterschiedlicher Netzwerkprofile" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:3 msgid "draknetprofile" msgstr "draknetprofile" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8 msgid "draknetprofile.png" msgstr "draknetprofile.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:9 msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS" msgstr "Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse mit NFS freigeben" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/draknfs.xml:11 msgid "draknfs" msgstr "draknfs" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:16 msgid "draknfs.png" msgstr "draknfs.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:24 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "Voraussetzungen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:27 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:26 msgid "" "When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the" " first time, it may display the following message:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:33 msgid "" "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:37 msgid "" "After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:42 msgid "Main window" msgstr "Hauptfenster" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:44 msgid "" "A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list " "is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a " "configuration tool." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:50 msgid "Modify entry" msgstr "Veränderter Eintrag" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:52 msgid "" "The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched " "with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are " "available." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:58 msgid "draknfs4.png" msgstr "draknfs4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:64 msgid "NFS Directory" msgstr "NFS-Verzeichnis" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:66 msgid "" "Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The " "<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose " "it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:72 msgid "Host access" msgstr "Rechnerzugriff" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:74 msgid "" "Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared " "directory." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:77 msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:79 msgid "" "<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name " "recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:83 msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:86 msgid "" "<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard " "characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the " "domain cs.foo.edu." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:90 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all " "hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either " "`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:96 msgid "User ID Mapping" msgstr "Benutzer-ID-Abbildung" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:98 msgid "" "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid " "0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client " "cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on" " the server itself." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:103 msgid "" "<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing." " This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:107 msgid "" "<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids" " to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " "directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID" " mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:113 msgid "" "<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of " "the anonymous account." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:118 msgid "Advanced options" msgstr "Erweiterte Einstellungen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:120 msgid "" "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests " "originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option" " is on by default." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:124 msgid "" "<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read " "and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any " "request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by " "using this option." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:129 msgid "" "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from " "violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made " "by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:134 msgid "" "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can " "help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See " "exports(5) man page for more details." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201 msgid "Menu entries" msgstr "Menü Einträge" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:143 msgid "So far the list has at least one entry." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:147 msgid "draknfs5.png" msgstr "draknfs5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207 msgid "File|Write conf" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:155 msgid "Save the current configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:159 msgid "NFS Server|Restart" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222 msgid "" "The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:166 msgid "NFS Server|Reload" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229 msgid "" "The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration " "files." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakproxy.xml:10 msgid "Proxy" msgstr "Proxy" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakproxy.xml:12 msgid "drakproxy" msgstr "drakproxy" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakproxy.xml:17 msgid "drakproxy.png" msgstr "drakproxy.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:24 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:22 msgid "" "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use " "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net" " administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " "some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:30 msgid "" "From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a" " proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts " "as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, " "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " "different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " "simplify and control their complexity." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3 msgid "Configure Media" msgstr "Medien konfigurieren" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 msgid "" "First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as" " repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources" " to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button" " below)." msgstr "Das erste was nach der Installation gemacht werden sollte ist, die Softwarequellen (auch Repositories, Medien, Spiegelserver genannt) einzurichten. Das bedeutet das Sie die Medienquellen auswählen müssen, welche für die Installation und Aktualisierung der Pakete und Anwendungen verwendet werden soll (siehe den hinzufügen Button)." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27 msgid "" "If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a " "USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media " "used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new " "packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It will have the " "media type CD-Rom)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 msgid "" "Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called " "i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether " "your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They " "don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both " "the i586 and the x86_64 media." msgstr "Ihr System läuft womöglich auf einer 32-Bit (i586 genannt) oder 64-Bit (x86_64 genannt) Architektur. Einige Pakete sind unabhängig davon ob ihr System nun 32-Bit oder 64-Bit verwendet; diese werden noarch Pakete genannt. Diese haben zwar kein eigenes noarch Verzeichnis auf den Spiegelservern, befinden sich aber sowohl auf den i586 sowie auf den x86_64 Medien." #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40 msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" " "id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug ist im Mageia Kontrollzenturm verfügbar, unter dem Tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software verwalten.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46 msgid "The columns" msgstr "Die Spalten" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48 msgid "Column Enable:" msgstr "Spalte Aktiviert:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50 msgid "" "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with " "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable." msgstr "Die ausgewählten Medien werden verwendet um neue Pakete zu installieren. Sei vorsichtig mit bestimmten Medien wie Testing oder Debug, diese könnten dein System unbrauchbar machen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54 msgid "Column Update:" msgstr "Spalte Aktualiserungen:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56 msgid "" "The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only " "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, " "this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root " "and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>" msgstr "Die ausgewählten Medien werden verwendet um Pakete zu aktualisieren, diese müssen aktiviert werden. Nur Medien mit \"Update\" im Namen sollten ausgewählt werden. Aus Sicherheitsgründen kann man diese Zeile nicht in diesem Werkzeug verändern. Du musst hierfür die Konsole als root öffnen und <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis> eingeben." #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 msgid "Column medium:" msgstr "Spalte Medium:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64 msgid "" "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release " "versions contain at least:" msgstr "Zeigt den Namen der Medien an. Die offiziellen Mageia Repositories für die finalen Veröffentlichungen enthalten:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs " "available supported by Mageia." msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> welches die meisten Programme enthalten die von Mageia unterstützt werden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs " "which are not free" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> enthält einige Programme die nicht unter einer freien Lizenz stehen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there " "might be patent claims in some countries." msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> enthält freie Software welche allerdings in einigen Ländern Patente verletzen könnten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82 msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:" msgstr "Jedes Medium hat 4 Untersektionen:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the " "this version of Mageia was released." msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> enthält die Pakete vom Tag der Veröffentlichung der Mageia Version." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since " "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium " "enabled, even with a very slow internet connection." msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> enthält Pakete die seit der Veröffentlichung aktualisiert wurden aufgrund von Sicherheits- oder Fehlerbehebungen. Jeder sollte dieses Medium aktiviert haben, selbst wenn man eine langsame Internetverbindung verwendet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions " "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)." msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> enthält einige Pakete von neueren Mageia Versionen welche von Cauldron (die nächste Version die in Arbeit ist) zurückportiert wurden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests" " of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " "corrections." msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> wird dazu verwendet um neue Aktualisierungen zu testen, damit die Melder eines Fehlers und das QA Team die beseitigung dessen prüfen können." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111 msgid "The buttons on the right" msgstr "Die Knöpfe auf der rechten Seite" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Entfernen:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 msgid "" "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to " "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since " "all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium." msgstr "Um ein Medium zu entfernen, klicke auf das Medium und anschließend diesen Knopf. Es wird empfohlen das Medium, welches für die Installation verwendet wurde (z.B. CD oder DVD) zu entfernen, da alle Pakete in den offizellen Core Medien enthalten sind." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Bearbeiten:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123 msgid "" "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and " "proxy)." msgstr "Erlaubt dir das Ändern der Einstellungen des ausgewählten Mediums (URL, downloader und Proxy)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126 msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Hinzufügen:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 msgid "" "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " "adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that " "you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a" " specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " "from the drop-down \"File\" menu." msgstr "Fügt die offiziellen Repositories die im Internet verfügbar sind hinzu. Diese Repositories enthalten nur sichere und gut getestete Software. Durch klicken des \"Hinzufügen\" Knopfs, wird die Spiegelliste in den Einstellung hinzugefügt. Es ist so eingerichtet, das es nur installationen und Aktualisierungen von einem Spiegelserver in ihrer Nähe verwendet. Falls sie einen spezifischen Spiegelserver auswählen möchten, dann sollte er über \"Einen bestimmten Spiegelserver hinzufügen\" über das Drop-Down Menü \"Datei\" ausgewählt werden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135 msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Nach oben und unten zeigende Pfeile:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137 msgid "" "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " "in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same" " release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release " "will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." msgstr "Ändert die Listenordnung. Wenn Drakrpm nach Paketen sucht, liest es die Listen in der angezeigten Reihenfolge und installiert das erste Paket, das mit der passenden Veröffentlichungsnummer gefunden wurde - sollte es einen Versionsunterschied geben, wird die neuste Veröffentlichung installiert. Aus diesem Grund sollten die schnellsten Repositories am Anfang stehen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64 msgid "The menu" msgstr "Das Menü" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Datei -> Aktualisieren:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149 msgid "" "A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and" " click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." msgstr "Ein Fenster mit der Medienliste erscheint. Wähle die aus, welche sie aktualisieren möchten und klicke anschließend auf den <guibutton>Aktualisieren</guibutton> Knopf." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Datei -> Einen bestimmten Spiegelserver hinzufügen:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154 msgid "" "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " "too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the" " actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " "Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose " "between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the " "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by " "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 msgid "" "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very " "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available " "mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." msgstr "Sie können auf der linken Seite eine Liste von Ländern sehen, von denen sie ihr Land oder eines in ihrer Nähe auswählen. Durch das Klicken auf das > Symbol, werden die verfügbaren Server in diesem Land gelistet. Wähle einen aus und klicke auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Datei -> Hinzufügen eines Benutzer Mediums:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176 msgid "" "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that " "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" msgstr "Es ist möglich ein neues Medium (z.B. von einem Drittanbieter) hinzuzufügen, welches von Mageia nicht unterstützt wird. Ein neues Fenster erscheint:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179 msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a " "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, " "according to the medium type)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Optionen -> Globale optionen:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 msgid "" "This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" " "(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define " "the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " "default-, update only, always or never)." msgstr "Dieser Eintrag erlaubt es ihnen auszuwählen ob zu installierende RPMs verifiziert werden sollen (immer oder niemals), welches Downloadprogramm verwendet werden soll (curl, wget oder aria2) und ob Paketinformationen im XML Format heruntergeladen werden sollen (Auf Nachfrage -standard-, Nur Aktualisieren, Immer oder Niemals)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Optionen -> Schlüssel verwalten:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 msgid "" "To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate" " the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In " "the window that appear, select a medium and then click on " "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click " "on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." msgstr "Um einen hohen Sicherheitsstandard zu garantieren, werden zur Authentifikation der Medien digitale Schlüssel verwendet. Es ist für jedes Medium möglich, einen Schlüssel zu erlauben oder abzulehnen. Im Fenster das erscheint, wähle ein Medium aus und klicke auf <guibutton>Hinzufügen</guibutton> um einen neuen Schlüssel zu erlauben oder wähle einen Schlüssel und klicke auf <guibutton>Entfernen</guibutton> um einen Schlüssel abzulehnen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203 msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions" msgstr "Tu dies mit Vorsicht, wie alle Sicherheitsrelevanten Dinge" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Optionen -> Proxy:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206 msgid "" "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " "here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if" " necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and " "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>." msgstr "Falls sie für den Internetzugriff einen Proxyserver verwenden müssen, können sie diesen hier einstellen. Sie müssen nur den <guibutton>Proxy Hostnamen</guibutton> und falls nötig den <guilabel>Nutzernamen</guilabel> und das <guilabel>Passwort</guilabel> eingeben." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213 msgid "" "For more information about configuring the media, see <link " "ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki " "page</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:10 msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba" msgstr "Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse mit Samba freigeben" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/draksambashare.xml:13 msgid "draksambashare" msgstr "draksambashare" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:18 msgid "draksambashare.png" msgstr "draksambashare.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:29 msgid "" "Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some " "resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure " "the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is " "also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the " "resources of the Samba server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:37 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Vorbereitung" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:39 msgid "" "To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP " "address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with " "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, or at the DHCP server which " "identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same " "address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba " "server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:50 msgid "Wizard - Standalone server" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:53 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis " "role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:52 msgid "" "At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks" " if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " "not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:61 msgid "draksambashare0.png" msgstr "draksambashare0.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:67 msgid "" "In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already " "selected." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:71 msgid "draksambashare1.png" msgstr "draksambashare1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:77 msgid "" "Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the" " access to the shared resources." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:80 msgid "" "The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on " "the network." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:85 msgid "draksambashare2.png" msgstr "draksambashare2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:91 msgid "Choose the security mode:" msgstr "Wählen Sie den Sicherheitsmodus" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:95 msgid "" "<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the " "resource" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:100 msgid "" "<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for " "each share" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:105 msgid "" "You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP " "address or host name." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:110 msgid "draksambashare3.png" msgstr "draksambashare3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:115 msgid "" "Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be " "described in the Windows workstations." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:120 msgid "draksambashare4.png" msgstr "draksambashare4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:126 msgid "" "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:131 msgid "draksambashare5.png" msgstr "draksambashare5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:137 msgid "" "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the " "configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in " "<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:143 msgid "draksambashare6.png" msgstr "draksambashare6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:151 msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:155 msgid "draksambashare13.png" msgstr "draksambashare13.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:153 msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain " "controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is " "to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are " "then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the " "security mode:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:164 msgid "" "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and " "group accounts in a central, shared, account repository. The centralized " "account repository is shared between (security) controllers." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:173 msgid "Declare a directory to share" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:175 msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:179 msgid "draksambashare15.png" msgstr "draksambashare15.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:184 msgid "" "A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the " "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether" " the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share " "name can not be modified." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:191 msgid "draksambashare16.png" msgstr "draksambashare16.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:203 msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:209 msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:214 msgid "Samba server|Configure" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:216 msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:220 msgid "Samba server|Restart" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:227 msgid "Samba Server|Reload" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:235 msgid "Printers share" msgstr "Druckerfreigabe" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:237 msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:241 msgid "draksambashare17.png" msgstr "draksambashare17.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot> #: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:238 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:247 msgid "Samba users" msgstr "Samba-Benutzer" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:253 msgid "draksambashare18.png" msgstr "draksambashare18.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:249 msgid "" "In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared " "resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref " "linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksec.xml:3 msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools" msgstr "Die Authentifizierung für die Mageia-Werkzeuge einrichten" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/draksec.xml:6 msgid "draksec" msgstr "draksec" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:11 msgid "draksec.png" msgstr "draksec.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksec.xml:16 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:20 msgid "" "It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks " "usually done by the administrator." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:23 msgid "" "Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in " "the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a " "drop down list gives the choice between:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:29 msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:34 msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:39 msgid "Root password: the root password is asked before the tool launching" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:44 msgid "" "The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC " "tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "Snapshots" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12 msgid "draksnapshot-config" msgstr "draksnapshot-config" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18 msgid "draksnapshot-config.png" msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's " "<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration " "tools</guilabel> section." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26 msgid "" "When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message " "about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to " "proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31 msgid "" "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the " "<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable " "Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, " "<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34 msgid "" "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose " "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the " "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to" " the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " "files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the " "<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from" " the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> " "be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you " "are done." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41 msgid "" "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the " "<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted" " USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksound.xml:3 msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Soundkonfiguration" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/draksound.xml:5 msgid "draksound" msgstr "draksound" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:10 msgid "draksound.png" msgstr "draksound.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksound.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶" msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist im Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter dem Tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis> verfügbar.¶" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:19 msgid "" "Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, " "PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience " "sound problems or if you change the sound card." msgstr "Draksound verwaltet die Soundeinstellungen, darunter die Treiberauswahl, PulseAudio Optionen und die Fehlersuche. Es wird ihnen helfen, wenn sie Tonprobleme feststellen oder wenn sie die Soundkarte wechseln." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:23 msgid "" "The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a" " driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound " "card." msgstr "Die Dropdown Liste <guilabel>Treiber</guilabel>, erlaubt ihnen einen Treiber auszuwählen, von allen auf dem Computer verfügbaren, die mit der Soundkarte übereinstimmen." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/draksound.xml:28 msgid "" "Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA " "API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when " "possible for its enhanced features." msgstr "Die meiste Zeit ist es möglich einen Treiber auszuwählen welcher die OSS oder ALSA API verwenden. OSS ist die älteste und enthält eher Grundfunktionien. Wir empfehlen ALSA, wenn möglich, zu verwenden, aufgrund erweiterten Funktionen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:33 msgid "" "<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound" " inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the " "resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> " "PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:38 msgid "" "PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it " "enabled." msgstr "PulseAudio ist der Standard Soundserver und es wird empfohlen diesen aktivert zu lassen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:41 msgid "" "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It " "is also recommended to leave it enabled." msgstr "Der <guilabel>Störungsfreie Modus</guilabel> verbessert PulseAudio mit einigen Programmen. Hier wird auch empfohlen dies aktiviert zu lassen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:44 msgid "" "The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or " "three buttons:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:49 msgid "Draksound1.png" msgstr "Draksound1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:53 msgid "" "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you " "are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver " "for your device." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:57 msgid "" "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any " "problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking " "the community for help." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakups.xml:3 msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring" msgstr "Einrichten einer USV zur Stromkontrolle" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakups.xml:3 msgid "drakups" msgstr "drakups" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakups.xml:8 msgid "drakups.png" msgstr "drakups.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakups.xml:16 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakvpn.xml:3 msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access" msgstr "Konfigurieren der VPN-Verbindungen" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakvpn.xml:6 msgid "drakvpn" msgstr "drakvpn" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:11 msgid "drakvpn1.png" msgstr "drakvpn1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:19 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:18 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure " "secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local " "workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the " "configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is " "already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the " "network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakvpn.xml:30 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:32 msgid "" "First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which " "protocol is used for your virtual private network." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:35 msgid "Then give your connection a name." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:37 msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:42 msgid "For Cisco VPN" msgstr "Für Cisco VPN" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:48 msgid "drakvpn3.png" msgstr "drakvpn3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:54 msgid "" "For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the " "first time the tool is used." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:59 msgid "drakvpn7.png" msgstr "drakvpn7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:57 msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you " "received from the network administrator." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:64 msgid "Advanced parameters:" msgstr "Erweiterte Parameter" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:68 msgid "drakvpn8.png" msgstr "drakvpn8.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:72 msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:76 msgid "" "When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN " "connection." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:79 msgid "" "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network " "connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect" " to this VPN." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3 msgid "Configure webserver" msgstr "Webserver einrichten" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3 msgid "drakwizard apache2" msgstr "drakwizard apache2" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png" msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "web server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15 msgid "What is a web server?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17 msgid "" "Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be " "accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21 msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23 msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55 msgid "" "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38 msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45 msgid "" "Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " "things." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49 msgid "Server User Module" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56 msgid "Allows users to create their own sites." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60 msgid "User web directory name" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67 msgid "" "The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will " "display it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71 msgid "Server Document Root" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78 msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Übersicht" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112 msgid "" "Take a second to check these options, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116 msgid "Finish" msgstr "Assistent beenden" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123 msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3 msgid "Configure DNS" msgstr "DNS konfigurieren" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3 msgid "drakwizard bind" msgstr "drakwizard bind" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_bind.png" msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 msgid "Configure DHCP" msgstr "DHCP konfigurieren" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5 msgid "drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "drakwizard dhcp" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net " "interfaces" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should" " be installed before you can access to it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26 msgid "What is DHCP?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28 msgid "" "The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a " "standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically " "configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet " "communication. (From Wikipedia)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35 msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37 msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 msgid "Selecting Adaptor" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 msgid "" "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for " "which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 msgid "Select IP range" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76 msgid "" "Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want " "the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to " "some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then " "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96 msgid "Hold on..." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 msgid "" "This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and " "change things around." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109 msgid "Hours later..." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189 msgid "What is done" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125 msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129 msgid "" "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 msgid "" "Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from " "<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and " "adding the new parameters:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 msgid "<code>hname</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 msgid "<code>dns</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 msgid "net" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 msgid "ip" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 msgid "<code>mask</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 msgid "<code>rng1</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 msgid "<code>rng2</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 msgid "<code>dname</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 msgid "<code>gateway</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 msgid "" "Also modifying Webmin configuration file " "<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191 msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10 msgid "Configure time" msgstr "Zeit konfigurieren" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12 msgid "drakwizard ntp" msgstr "drakwizard ntp" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19 msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the " "time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed" " by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " "packages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32 msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36 msgid "" "After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three " "time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice " "because this server always points to available time servers." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43 msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49 msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51 msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63 msgid "" "The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you" " arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " "using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button. If everything is right, " "click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It " "may take a while and you finally get this screen below:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78 msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool" msgstr "Klicken sie auf <guibutton>Beenden</guibutton> um das Programm zu schließen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89 msgid "This tool executes the following steps:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93 msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97 msgid "" "Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to " "<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-" "tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104 msgid "" "Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of " "servers;" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109 msgid "" "Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server " "name;" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114 msgid "" "Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and " "<code>ntpd</code> services;" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119 msgid "" "Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3 msgid "Configure FTP" msgstr "FTP konfigurieren" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3 msgid "drakwizard proftpd" msgstr "drakwizard proftpd" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" " <acronym>FTP</acronym> server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15 msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17 msgid "" "File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network " "protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a " "<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21 msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23 msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45 msgid "" "Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " "things." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49 msgid "Server Information" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56 msgid "" "Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email " "complaints too and whether to allow root login access." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60 msgid "Server Options" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67 msgid "" "Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>" " (File eXchange Protocol)" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10 msgid "Configure proxy" msgstr "Proxy konfigurieren" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12 msgid "drakwizard squid" msgstr "drakwizard squid" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17 msgid "drakwizard_squid.png" msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed " "before you can access to it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29 msgid "What is a proxy server?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31 msgid "" "A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts " "as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, " "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " "different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " "simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40 msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42 msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60 msgid "Selecting the proxy port" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69 msgid "" "Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74 msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83 msgid "" "Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88 msgid "Select Network Access Control" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97 msgid "" "Set visibility to local network or world, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102 msgid "Grant Network Access" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111 msgid "" "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116 msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125 msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130 msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139 msgid "" "Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158 msgid "Start during boot?" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168 msgid "" "Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then " "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193 msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197 msgid "" "Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in " "<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202 msgid "" "Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from " "<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208 msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212 msgid "<code>localnet</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216 msgid "cache_mem" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220 msgid "http_port" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224 msgid "" "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229 msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239 msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3 msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration" msgstr "OpenSSH Daemon-Konfiguration" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3 msgid "drakwizard sshd" msgstr "drakwizard sshd" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" " <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16 msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18 msgid "" "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data " "communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and " "other secure network services between two networked computers that connects," " via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " "(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, " "respectively). (From Wikipedia)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22 msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24 msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28 msgid "Select Type of Configure Options" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35 msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or " "<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39 msgid "General Options" msgstr "Allgemeine Einstellungen" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46 msgid "" "Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard " "<acronym>SSH</acronym> port." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50 msgid "Authentication Methods" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57 msgid "" "Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, " "then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61 msgid "Logging" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68 msgid "" "Choose logging facility and level of output, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72 msgid "Login Options" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79 msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83 msgid "User Login Options" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90 msgid "" "Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94 msgid "Compression and Forwarding" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101 msgid "" "Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakxservices.xml:3 msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them" msgstr "Ein- oder Ausschalten von Systemdiensten" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakxservices.xml:3 msgid "drakxservices" msgstr "drakxservices" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakxservices.xml:8 msgid "drakxservices.png" msgstr "drakxservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakxservices.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/harddrake2.xml:10 msgid "Hardware configuration" msgstr "Hardware-Konfiguration" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/harddrake2.xml:12 msgid "harddrake2" msgstr "harddrake2" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/harddrake2.xml:17 msgid "harddrake2.png" msgstr "harddrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:23 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:22 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of " "the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job " "to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command " "<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-" "lst</code> package." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/harddrake2.xml:31 msgid "The window" msgstr "Das Fenster" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:33 msgid "The window is divided in two columns." msgstr "Das Fenster ist in zwei Spalten unterteilt" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:35 msgid "" "The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are " "grouped by categories. Click on the > to expand the content of a " "category. Each device can be selected in this column." msgstr "Die linke Spalte enthält eine Liste der erkannten Hardware. Die Geräte sind in Kategorien gruppiert. Klicke auf das > um den Inhalt der Kategorien anzeigen zu lassen. Jedes Gerät kann in dieser Spalte ausgewählt werden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:39 msgid "" "The right column displays information about the selected device. The " "<guimenu>Help -> Fields description</guimenu> gives some information " "about the content of the fields." msgstr "Die rechte Spalte zeigt Informationen über das ausgewählte Gerät. Die <guimenu>Hilfe -> Felderbeschreibung</guimenu> zeigt einige Informationen über den Inhalt der Felder." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:43 msgid "" "According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are" " available at the bottom of the right column:" msgstr "Je nachdem welche Art von Gerät ausgewählt wurde, sind ein oder zwei Knöpfe am Ende der rechten Spalte verfügbar:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:48 msgid "" "<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to " "parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must " "used by experts only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:54 msgid "" "<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can " "configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:68 msgid "" "The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to " "enable automatic detection:" msgstr "Das <guimenu>Optionen</guimenu> Menü bietet Kästchen zum anklicken an, um die automatische Erkennung zu aktivieren:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:73 msgid "modem" msgstr "Modem" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:77 msgid "Jaz devices" msgstr "JAZ Gerät" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:81 msgid "Zip parallel devices" msgstr "Parallele Zip-Laufwerke" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:83 msgid "" "By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check " "the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will " "be operational the next time this tool is started." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3 msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Einstellen des Tastaturlayouts" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7 msgid "keyboarddrake" msgstr "keyboarddrake" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12 msgid "keyboarddrake.png" msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19 msgid "" "The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you " "configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. " "It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found " "in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled " "\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29 msgid "Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Tastaturlayout" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31 msgid "" "Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed" " in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity " "each layout should be used for." msgstr "Hier können sie auswählen welches Tastaturlayout sie verwenden möchten. Die Namen (in alphabetischer Reihenfolge sortiert) beschreiben die Sprache, Land und/oder Ethnie jedes Layouts wofür diese verwendet wird." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37 msgid "Keyboard Type" msgstr "Tastaturtyp" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39 msgid "" "This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are " "unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/localedrake.xml:10 msgid "Manage localization for your system" msgstr "Auswählen der Region und Sprache" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/localedrake.xml:13 msgid "localedrake" msgstr "localedrake" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/localedrake.xml:18 msgid "localedrake.png" msgstr "localedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 msgid "" "You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the " "System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage " "localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can " "choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during " "installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:31 msgid "" "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate " "compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:34 msgid "" "The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected " "language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to " "countries not listed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:38 msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications." msgstr "Sie sollten Ihre Sitzung nach allen Modifikationen neu starten" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/localedrake.xml:42 msgid "Input method" msgstr "Eingabemethode" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:44 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " "input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input " "methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, " "Korean, etc)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:48 msgid "" "For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so " "users should not need to configure it manually." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:50 msgid "" "Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions " "and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another " "part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:3 msgid "View and search system logs" msgstr "Betrachten und Durchsuchen von System-Protokollen" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/logdrake.xml:5 msgid "logdrake" msgstr "logdrake" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:10 msgid "logdrake.png" msgstr "logdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " "Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system " "logs</guilabel>\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:22 msgid "To do a search in the logs" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:24 msgid "" "First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to " "<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)" " to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is" " possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of " "the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected " "day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> " "button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the " "file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by " "clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:36 msgid "" "The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia" " configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs " "are updated each time a configuration is modified." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:43 msgid "To configure a mail alert" msgstr "E-Mail-Benachrichtigungssystem einrichten" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:45 msgid "" "<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and " "the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured " "address." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:49 msgid "" "To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail " "Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> " "Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the " "running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to " "look watch. (See screenshot above)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:55 msgid "The following services can be watched :" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:59 msgid "Webmin Service" msgstr "Webmin-Dienst" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:63 msgid "Postfix Mail Server" msgstr "Postfix E-Mail-Server" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:67 msgid "FTP Server" msgstr "FTP-Server" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:71 msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server" msgstr "Apache Web-Server" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:75 msgid "SSH Server" msgstr "SSH-Server" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:79 msgid "Samba Server" msgstr "Samba-Server" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:83 msgid "Xinetd Service" msgstr "Xinetd-Dienst" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:87 msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:91 msgid "logdrake1.png" msgstr "logdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:97 msgid "" "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider " "unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows" " the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " "out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value " "to 3 times the number of processors." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:103 msgid "" "In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the " "person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local " "or on the Internet)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10 msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares" msgstr "Vorhandene NFS und SMB Freigaben anzeigen" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11 msgid "lsnetdrake" msgstr "lsnetdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." msgstr "Dieses Tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kann nur über die Kommandozeile gestartet werden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " "can write this help, please contact <link " "ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the " "Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:3 msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:6 msgid "lspcidrake" msgstr "lspcidrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:9 msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under " "root." msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kann nur über die Kommandozeile gestartet und benutzt werden. Es zeigt mehr informationen wenn es als root benutzt wird." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14 msgid "" "lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB," " PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " "packages to work." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20 msgid "lspcidrake1.png" msgstr "lspcidrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:24 msgid "" "With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:27 msgid "" "lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it " "is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:" msgstr "lspcidrake erzeugt oft sehr lange Listen, also wird es oft über eine Pipeline zusammen mit dem grep Kommando genutzt um Informationen zu finden, wie in diesen Beispielen:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:31 msgid "Information about the graphic card;" msgstr "Informationen über die Grafikkarte" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:33 msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>" msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:35 msgid "Information about the network" msgstr "Information über das Netzwerk" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:37 msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>" msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:39 msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions." msgstr " -i um Groß- und Kleinschreibung zu ignorieren" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:41 msgid "" "In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for " "lspcidrake and the -i option for grep." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46 msgid "lspcidrake2.png" msgstr "lspcidrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:50 msgid "" "There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is " "called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3 msgid "Software Packages Update" msgstr "Aktualisierung der Softwarepakete" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5 msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update" msgstr "MageiaUpdate oder drakrpm-update" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10 msgid "MageiaUpdate.png" msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-" "update</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " "management.</emphasis>" msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist im Mageia Kontrollzentrum verfügbar unter dem Tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software verwalten.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18 msgid "" "To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with rpmdrake-" "edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are " "prompted to do so." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23 msgid "" "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists " "those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by" " default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " "<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process." msgstr "Sobald das Werkzeug gestartet ist, scannt es die installierten Pakete und listet die auf, für die eine Aktualisierung in den Repositories verfügbar ist. Standardmäßig werden alle ausgewählt um automatisch heruntergeladen und installiert zu werden. Klicke auf den <guibutton>Aktualisieren</guibutton> Knopf um den Prozess zu starten." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28 msgid "" "By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of" " the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " "means you can click to drop down a text." msgstr "Durch das anklicken eines Pakets wird mehr Informationen in der unteren Hälfte des Fensters angezeigt. Das Zeichen<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> vor einer Überschrift bedeutet, das Sie darauf klicken können, um einen Klapptext anzeigen zu lassen." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png" msgstr "../MageiaUpdate1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33 msgid "" "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by " "displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> " ". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." msgstr "Sobald Aktualisierungen verfügbar sind, informiert dich eine Anwendung in der Systemleiste durch ein rotes Icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Klicke einfach darauf und gebe dein Benutzerpasswort ein, um das System zu aktualisieren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:5 msgid "Boot" msgstr "Systemstart" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:10 msgid "mcc-boot.png" msgstr "mcc-boot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:16 msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot " "steps. Click on a link below to learn more." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:19 msgid "Configure boot steps" msgstr "Booteinstellungen konfigurieren" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:21 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:25 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:29 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4 msgid "Hardware" msgstr "Hardware" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9 msgid "mcc-hardware.png" msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15 msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your " "hardware. Click on a link below to learn more." msgstr "Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedenen Werkzeugen auswählen, um ihre Hardware zu konfigurieren. Klicke auf einen der unteren Links, um mehr zu erfahren." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20 msgid "Manage your hardware" msgstr "Verwalten Sie Ihre Hardware" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure " "hardware</emphasis>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Betrachten und Konfigurieren der Hardware</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34 msgid "Configure graphics" msgstr "Grafiksystem konfigurieren" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop " "effects</emphasis>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Konfigurieren der 3D Desktop Effekte</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48 msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard" msgstr "Konfigurieren der Maus und des Keyboards" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61 msgid "Configure printing and scanning" msgstr "Konfigurieren des Druckers und Scanners" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s)," " the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Einrichten des Druckers/der Drucker, der Druckerwarteschlange, ...</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68 msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58 msgid "Others" msgstr "Andere" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:3 msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center" msgstr "Über die Anleitung für das Mageia Kontrollzentrum" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:6 msgid "" "The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to " "choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was " "installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be " "selected in the big right panel." msgstr "Das Mageia Kontrollzentrum (MCC) bietet in der linken Spalte acht verschiedene Optionen oder Tabs zur Auswahl an und sogar zehn, wenn das Paket drakwizard installiert ist. Jeder dieser Tabs enthalten verschiedene Zusammenstellungen von Werkzeugen, welche in dem großen rechten Panel ausgewählt werden können." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8 msgid "" "The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related " "tools." msgstr "Die folgenden zehn Kapitel beschreiben diese zehn Optionen und die dazugehörigen Werkzeuge." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:10 msgid "" "The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in " "any of the MCC tabs." msgstr "Das letzte Kapitel handelt von anderen Mageia Werkzeugen, die nicht über die MCC Tabs ausgewählt werden können." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:12 msgid "" "The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool " "screens." msgstr "Die Überschriften der Seiten verwenden häufig die gleichen Namen, wie die auf dem Bildschirm angezeigten Namen der Werkzeuge." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:14 msgid "" "There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on " "the \"Search\" tab in the left column." msgstr "Es ist zudem auch eine Suchleiste verfügbar, welche Sie aufrufen können, indem Sie in der linken Spalte auf den \"Search\" Tab klicken." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17 msgid "Local disks" msgstr "Lokale Festplatten" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11 msgid "mcc-localdisks.png" msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15 msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your " "local disks. Click on a link below to learn more." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17 msgid "Network Services" msgstr "Netzwerkdienste" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networkservices.png" msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15 msgid "" "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if" " the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " "between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or " "on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4 msgid "Network Sharing" msgstr "Netzwerkfreigabe" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networksharing.png" msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13 msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and " "directories. Click on a link below to learn more." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17 msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares" msgstr "Windows(R)-Freigaben konfigurieren" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and " "directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Zugriff auf über SMB (für Windows) freigegebene Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22 msgid "Configure NFS shares" msgstr "NFS-Freigaben verwalten" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27 msgid "Configure WebDAV shares" msgstr "WebDAV-Freigaben konfigurieren" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-network.xml:3 msgid "Network and Internet" msgstr "Netzwerk & Internet" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-network.xml:8 msgid "mcc-network.png" msgstr "mcc-network.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:12 msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link" " below to learn more." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-network.xml:18 msgid "Manage your network devices" msgstr "Verwalten der Netzwerkschnittstellen" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:21 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:25 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:29 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-network.xml:36 msgid "Personalize and Secure your network" msgstr "Einstellen und Absichern des Netzwerkes" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:39 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:43 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:47 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:51 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:61 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18 msgid "Security" msgstr "Sicherheit" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-security.xml:10 msgid "mcc-security.png" msgstr "mcc-security.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:16 msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a " "link below to learn more." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:20 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, " "permissions and audit</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:25 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:29 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:33 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:37 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17 msgid "Sharing" msgstr "Dateifreigabe" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-sharing.png" msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15 msgid "" "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only " "visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can" " choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " "below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-system.xml:4 msgid "System" msgstr "System" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-system.xml:9 msgid "mcc-system.png" msgstr "mcc-system.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:13 msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several system and administration " "tools. Click on a link below to learn more." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-system.xml:18 msgid "Manage system services" msgstr "Verwalten der System-Dienste" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:20 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-system.xml:35 msgid "Localization" msgstr "Lokalisierung" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:37 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-system.xml:48 msgid "Administration tools" msgstr "Administrations-Werkzeuge" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:58 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on " "system</emphasis>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Benutzerverwaltung</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:62 msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:66 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/MCC.xml:4 msgid "Mageia Control Center" msgstr "Mageia-Kontrollzentrum" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC.xml:6 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" "sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in diesem Handbuch sind unter der CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link> veröffentlicht." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC.xml:9 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link " "ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " "ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." msgstr "Diese Anleitung wurde mit Hilfe von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> erstellt, entwickelt von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC.xml:11 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " "ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " "Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "Es wurde von Freiwilligen in ihrer Freizeit geschrieben. Bitte kontaktieren Sie <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese Anleitung zu verbessern." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3 msgid "Configure updates frequency" msgstr "Die Aktualisierungsfrequenz einrichten" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5 msgid "mgaapplet-config" msgstr "mgaapplet-config" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10 msgid "mgaapplet-config.png" msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> als root eingeben." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " "management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / " "Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder " "type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27 msgid "" "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for " "updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check. The " "check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is " "out." msgstr "Der erste Schieberegler erlaubt dir die Frequenz einzustellen, wann Mageia nach Updates suchen soll und der zweite ist für die Verzögerung nach dem Booten, für die erste Überprüfung. Die Checkbox gibt dir die Möglichkeit, einen Hinweis anzeigen zu lassen, sobald eine neue Mageia Veröffentlichung verfügbar ist." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mousedrake.xml:3 msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)" msgstr "Einrichten des Zeigegeräts (Maus, Touchpad)" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/mousedrake.xml:6 msgid "mousedrake" msgstr "mousedrake" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mousedrake.xml:11 msgid "mousedrake.png" msgstr "mousedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>." msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist im Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter dem Tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis> verfügbar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:20 msgid "" "As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by" " Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:23 msgid "" "The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse " "and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any " "PS/2 & USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is " "immediately taken into account." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:3 msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit" msgstr "MSEC: System Sicherheit und Prüfung" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/msecgui.xml:5 msgid "msecgui" msgstr "msecgui" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:13 msgid "msecgui.png" msgstr "msecgui.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" "msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface" " for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " "approaches:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:28 msgid "" "It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to " "make it more secure." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:33 msgid "" "It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn " "you if something seems dangerous." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:38 msgid "" "msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure" " a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " "enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your" " own customised security levels." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:45 msgid "Overview tab" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:47 msgid "See the screenshot above" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:49 msgid "" "The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a " "button on the right side to configure them:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:54 msgid "" "Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:59 msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:64 msgid "msec itself with some information:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:68 msgid "enabled or not" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:72 msgid "the configured Base security level" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:76 msgid "" "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report " "and another button to execute the checks just now." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:86 msgid "Security settings tab" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:88 msgid "" "A click on the second tab or on the Security " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown " "below." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:94 msgid "msecgui2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:100 msgid "Basic security tab" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:103 msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security levels:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:106 msgid "" "After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab" " allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then" " in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " "following levels are available:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:113 msgid "" "Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you" " do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on" " your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " "constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only" " if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " "vulnerable to attack." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:122 msgid "" "Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default " "configuration when installed and is intended for casual users. It " "constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which " "detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory " "permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec " "versions)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:131 msgid "" "Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when" " you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts" " system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " "the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and" " 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:140 msgid "" "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, " "such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-" "configure system security according to the most common use cases." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:149 msgid "" "The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> " "and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security " "levels but rather tools for periodic checks only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:156 msgid "" "These levels are saved in " "<filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></filename>. You can define " "your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called " "<filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed into the folder " "<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power" " users which require a customised or more secure system configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:165 msgid "" "Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default " "level settings." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:170 msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:173 msgid "" "If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email " "to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent " "by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You" " can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail" " and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " "the security alerts directly on your desktop. Check the relevant box to " "enable it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:182 msgid "" "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to " "immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems." " If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " "available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:188 msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:190 msgid "" "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer " "security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change" " any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in " "<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains " "the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done " "to the options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:199 msgid "System security tab" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:201 msgid "" "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a " "description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side" " column." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:207 msgid "msecgui3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:211 msgid "" "To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see " "screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the " "actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be " "selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the " "choice." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:219 msgid "msecgui11.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:224 msgid "" "Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration " "using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you " "have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before " "saving them." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:232 msgid "msecgui10.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:238 msgid "Network security" msgstr "Netzwerk Sicherheit" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:240 msgid "" "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:245 msgid "msecgui4.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:251 msgid "Periodic checks tab" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:253 msgid "" "Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of " "security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:257 msgid "" "This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency " "if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is " "checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:264 msgid "msecgui5.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:270 msgid "Exceptions tab" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:272 msgid "" "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In " "these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab" " allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert" " messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " "below shows four exceptions." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:280 msgid "msecgui6.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:284 msgid "" "To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> " "button" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:289 msgid "msecgui7.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:293 msgid "" "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called " "<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the " "<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is " "obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the " "<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> " "tab or modify it with a double clicK." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:303 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Berechtigungen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:304 msgid "" "This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and " "enforcement." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:306 msgid "" "Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, " "secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. " "You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into " "specific files called <filename>perm.<levelname> </filename> placed into " "the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is " "intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is " "also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission " "you want. Current configuration is stored in " "<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the " "list of all the modifications done to the permissions." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:318 msgid "msecgui8.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:321 msgid "" "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You " "can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the" " owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a" " given rule:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:327 msgid "" "the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the" " defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " "if not, but does not change anything." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:333 msgid "" "the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the " "permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the " "permissions." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:337 msgid "" "For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:339 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button" " and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed " "in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:345 msgid "msecgui9.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:348 msgid "" "Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do " "not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the " "menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed " "the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:353 msgid "" "It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the " "configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:356 msgid "" "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or " "directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first " "periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken " "immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root " "rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions" " that will be changed by msecperms." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:363 msgid "" "Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file " "manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked " "in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will " "write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the " "configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4 msgid "Other Mageia Tools" msgstr "Weitere Mageia Werkzeuge" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7 msgid "" "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia " "Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the" " next pages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21 msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25 msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29 msgid "And more tools?" msgstr "Und weitere Werkzeuge?" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:3 msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)" msgstr "Installieren & Entfernen von Software" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:6 msgid "rpmdrake" msgstr "rpmdrake" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:11 msgid "rpmdrake.png" msgstr "rpmdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:18 msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake" msgstr "Einführung in rpmdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:20 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, " "is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the " "graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online " "package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official " "servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages " "available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only " "certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by " "default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed " "packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries " "of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names" " included in the packages." msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, auch drakrpm genannt, ist ein Programm um Pakete zu installieren, deinstallieren und aktualisieren. Es ist die grafische Benutzeroberfläche von URPMI. Bei jedem Start überprüft es die online Paketliste ('Medien' genannt), welche direkt von den offiziellen Mageia Server geladen werden. Es zeigt dir die neusten Anwendungen und Paket, die für deinen Computer verfügbar sind. Ein Filtersystem erlaubt es dir nur bestimmte Typen von Paketen anzeigen zu lassen: eventuell möchtest du nur installierte Pakete angezeigt bekommen (Standard) oder nur verfügbare Aktualisierungen. Du kannst dir auch nur nicht installierte Pakete anzeigen lassen. Auch kannst du nach dem Namen der Pakete, der Zusammenfassung der Beschreibung, in der vollständigen Beschreibung der Pakete oder nach den in den Paketen enthaltenen Dateinamen suchen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35 msgid "" "To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend" "=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." msgstr "Damit dies funktioniert, müssen die Repositories in rpmdrake eingerichtet sein, siehe <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43 msgid "rpmdrake8.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for " "the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake" " will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " "window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message " "annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict " "download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online " "repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:49 msgid "" "Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more " "packages, and allow to update your installed packages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:55 msgid "The main parts of the screen" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:60 msgid "rpmdrake1.png" msgstr "rpmdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:67 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Paket Typ Filter:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:69 msgid "" "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first " "time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical " "interface. You can display either all the packages and all their " "dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only," " updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." msgstr "Dieser Filter erlaubt ihnen nur bestimmte Pakete anzeigen zu lassen. Wenn Sie den Paketmanager das erste Mal starten, zeigt es nur Anwendungen mit einer grafischen Benutzeroberfläche an. Sie können entweder alle Pakete und deren Abhängigkeiten und Bibliotheken, nur die Paketgruppen als auch Anwendungen, nur Aktualisierungen oder zurück portierte Pakete/Backports von neueren Mageiaversionen anzeigen lassen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77 msgid "" "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who " "probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading" " this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge" " of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86 msgid "" "<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> " "</firstterm>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:89 msgid "" "This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the " "packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and " "not installed." msgstr "Dieser Filter erlaubt es ihnen, nur die installierten Pakete, nur die Pakete welche nicht installiert sind oder alle Pakete, die installierten und nicht installierten, anzeigen zu lassen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:95 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:97 msgid "" "Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their " "summaries, through their complete description or through the files included " "in the packages." msgstr "Klicke auf dieses Icon, um nach dem Paketnamen, ihre zusammengefasste Beschreibung, die komplette Beschreibung oder nach Dateien die in den Paketen enthalten sind zu suchen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:103 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:105 msgid "" "Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword " "for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and " "\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'." msgstr "Gebe hier einen oder mehrere Schlüsselwörter ein. Wenn Sie mehr als ein Schlüsselwort für die Suche verwenden möchten, nutze '|' zwischen den Wörtern. Wenn SIe z.B. nach \"mplayer\" und \"xine\" zur gleichen Zeit suchen möchten, gebe 'mplayer | xine' ein." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:111 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:113 msgid "" "This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" " "box ." msgstr "Dieses Icon kann mit einem Klick alle Schlüsselwörter in der \"Finden\" Box löschen, die eingegeben wurden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:118 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120 msgid "" "This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and" " sub categories." msgstr "Die Seitenleiste gruppiert alle Anwendungen und Pakete in klare Kategorien und Unterkategorien." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:125 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127 msgid "" "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete " "description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It" " can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " "package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer." msgstr "Dieses Panel zeigt den Namen des Pakets, eine zusammengefasste und komplette Beschreibung. Es zeigt viele nützliche Elemente über das ausgewählte Paket an. Es kann präzise Informationen über das Paket, die Dateien die im Paket enthalten sind, sowie eine Liste der zuletzt durch den Maintainer gemachte Änderungen anzeigen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:137 msgid "The status column" msgstr "Die Status Spalte" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:139 msgid "" "Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by " "category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A " "list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium " "is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is " "installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or " "uncheck the box before the package name and click on " "<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155 msgid "Icon" msgstr "Symbol" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:157 msgid "Legend" msgstr "Legende" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165 msgid "rpmdrake2.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169 msgid "This package is already installed" msgstr "Dies Paket ist bereits installiert" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 msgid "rpmdrake3.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179 msgid "This package will be installed" msgstr "Dies Paket wird installiert" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 msgid "rpmdrake4.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189 msgid "This package cannot be modified" msgstr "Dies Paket kann nicht modifiziert werden" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 msgid "rpmdrake5.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:199 msgid "This package is an update" msgstr "Diese Paket ist eine Aktualisierung." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 msgid "rpmdrake6.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:209 msgid "This package will be uninstalled" msgstr "Dieses Paket wird deinstalliert" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:147 msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:215 msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:219 msgid "" "If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status " "icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking " "on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." msgstr "Wenn ich digikam abwähle (der grüne Pfeil zeigt uns, das es installiert ist), wird das Statusicon rot mit einem Pfeil der nach oben Zeigt, und es wird deinstalliert sobald man auf <guibutton>Anwenden</guibutton> klickt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:227 msgid "" "If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange " "with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when " "clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." msgstr "Sobald ich qdigidoc auswähle (welches nicht installiert ist, siehe Status), erscheint das orange Icon mit dem Pfeil nach unten und es wird installiert sobald man auf <guibutton>Anwenden</guibutton> klickt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:235 msgid "The dependencies" msgstr "Die Abhängigkeiten" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:240 msgid "rpmdrake7.png" msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245 msgid "" "Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They" " are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " "information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected " "dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It " "may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed " "library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a " "button to get more information and another button to choose which package to" " install." msgstr "Einige Pakete benötigen andere Pakete, auch Abhängigkeiten genannt, um zu funktionieren. Dies sind z.B. Bibliotheken oder Werkzeuge. In diesem Fall zeigt Rpmdrake ein Hinweisfenster an, welches dir erlaubt, die ausgewählten Abhängigkeiten zu bestätigen, die Operation abzubrechen oder mehr Informationen zu erhalten (siehe oben). Es kann auch vorkommen das verschiedene Pakete die benötigte Bibliothek enthalten. In diesem Fall zeigt rpmdrake eine Liste der Alternativen, mit einem Knopf um mehr Informationen anzeigen zu lassen und einen weiteren Knopf um auszuwählen, welches Paket installiert werden soll." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:10 msgid "Set up scanner" msgstr "Scanner einrichten" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:11 msgid "scannerdrake" msgstr "scannerdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:18 msgid "Installation" msgstr "Installation" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:22 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " "<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:21 msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " "a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. " "It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a " "remote computer or to access remote scanners." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:29 msgid "" "When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following " "message:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:32 msgid "" "<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:35 msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-" "gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44 msgid "scannerdrake.png" msgstr "scannerdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see " "the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, " "<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner " "sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref " "linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:59 msgid "" "However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its " "cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new " "scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a " "scanner manually</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the" " list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69 msgid "scannerdrake2.png" msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76 msgid "" "If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click " "<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79 msgid "" "Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link " "xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: " "Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link " "xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:87 msgid "Choose port" msgstr "Wählen sie einen Port aus" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:91 msgid "scannerdrake3.png" msgstr "scannerdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97 msgid "" "You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available " "ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that" " case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:102 msgid "" "After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen " "similar to the one below." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104 msgid "" "If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref " "linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108 msgid "scannerdrake4.png" msgstr "scannerdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:117 msgid "Scannersharing" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:122 msgid "scannerdrake5.png" msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128 msgid "" "Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be" " accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " "decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on " "this machine." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:133 msgid "" "Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or " "deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on " "this computer." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:137 msgid "" "Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted " "from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143 msgid "scannerdrake6.png" msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:149 msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host." msgstr "Scanner mit folgenden Rechnern teilen: sie können einen Rechner hinzufügen" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153 msgid "scannerdrake7.png" msgstr "scannerdrake7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:159 msgid "" "Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote " "machines." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164 msgid "scannerdrake8.png" msgstr "scannerdrake8.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:170 msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175 msgid "scannerdrake9.png" msgstr "scannerdrake9.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:181 msgid "" "If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool " "offers to do it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:184 msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:186 msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:188 msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:190 msgid "" "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive " "\"net\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193 msgid "" "It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and " "<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278 msgid "Specifics" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:205 msgid "Hewlett-Packard" msgstr "Hewlett-Packard" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:207 msgid "" "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> " "(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow " "you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device " "Manager</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:214 msgid "Epson" msgstr "Epson" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216 msgid "" "Drivers are available from <link " "xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" " page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-" "data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this " "order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will " "generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users " "have reported that this warning can be ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:231 msgid "Extra installation steps" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:234 msgid "" "It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref " "linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra " "steps to correctly configure your scanner." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:239 msgid "" "In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded " "each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, " "after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the " "firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you " "downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:241 msgid "" "When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at " "each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246 msgid "" "Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the " "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250 msgid "" "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know " "what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link " "xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15 msgid "Software Management" msgstr "Software-Verwaltung" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/software-management.xml:10 msgid "software-management.png" msgstr "software-management.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/software-management.xml:14 msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management." " Click on a link below to learn more." msgstr "Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedenen Werkzeugen auswählen, welche die Softwareverwaltung betreffen. Klicke auf einen der unteren Links, um mehr zu erfahren." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:17 msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:20 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your " "system</emphasis>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Aktualisieren des Systems</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:23 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:26 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media " "sources for install and update</emphasis>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Paketquellen für Installation und Aktualisierungen einrichten</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:8 msgid "Install and configure a printer" msgstr "Installation und Einrichten eines Druckers" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:11 msgid "system-config-printer" msgstr "system-config-printer" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:16 msgid "system-config-printer.png" msgstr "system-config-printer.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:23 msgid "" "Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link " "ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration " "interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia " "offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer " "which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu " "and openSUSE." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:30 msgid "" "You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the " "installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:37 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-" "config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:34 msgid "" "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> " "section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure " "printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " "id=\"0\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:42 msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:45 msgid "task-printing-server" msgstr "task-printing-server" #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:47 msgid "task-printing-hp" msgstr "task-printing-hp" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:50 msgid "" "It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of " "dependencies are needed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:53 msgid "" "To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to " "detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a " "printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a " "printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line. The window " "will also attempt to configure a network printer." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:61 msgid "Automatically detected printer" msgstr "Automatisch erkannte Drucker" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63 msgid "" "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the " "name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click " "\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " "automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known " "drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the" " next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:72 msgid "No automatically detected printer" msgstr "Nicht automatisch erkannte Drucker" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:76 msgid "printer3.png" msgstr "printer3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80 msgid "" "When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window" " to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " "options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:86 msgid "Select printer from database" msgstr "Einen Drucker aus der Datenbank auswählen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:92 msgid "provide PPD file" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:98 msgid "search for a driver to download" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:102 msgid "" "By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer " "first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one " "driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have " "encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one " "which know to work." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:110 msgid "Complete the installation process" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:112 msgid "" "After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will " "allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is " "the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of " "available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After " "this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available " "printers." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:121 msgid "Network printer" msgstr "Netzwerkdrucker" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123 msgid "" "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or " "wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to" " another workstation that serves as printserver." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128 msgid "" "Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed" " IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the " "same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a " "fixed one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:134 msgid "" "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or " "printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a " "configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label" " on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " "Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it " "as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters " "after \"HWaddr\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142 msgid "" "You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to" " your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose," " you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " "Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu " "and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it " "says \"host\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:149 msgid "" "If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a " "protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the " "list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154 msgid "" "Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find" " which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:160 msgid "Network printing protocols" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:162 msgid "" "One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as " "JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network " "via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is " "known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers " "which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-" "address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can " "manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like " "<emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed " "IP-adress is not required." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:172 msgid "" "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the " "protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change " "the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be " "changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is" " the same as above." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180 msgid "printer5.png" msgstr "printer5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:184 msgid "The other protocols are:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:188 msgid "" "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can " "be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer " "connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by " "some ADSL-routers." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:197 msgid "" "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, " "but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol. The port has to be " "defined. By default, the port 631 is used." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205 msgid "" "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but" " with TLS secured protocol." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:212 msgid "" "<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be " "accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer " "connected to a station using LPD." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:220 msgid "" "<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a " "station running Windows or a SMB server and shared." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:226 msgid "" "The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form " "the URI:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:231 msgid "Appsocket" msgstr "Appsocket" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:233 msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>" msgstr "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:237 msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)" msgstr "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:239 msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>" msgstr "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:241 msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>" msgstr "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:245 msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:247 msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>" msgstr "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251 msgid "" "Additional information can be found in the <link " "ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS" " documentation.</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:256 msgid "Device Properties" msgstr "Geräteeigenschaften" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258 msgid "" "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to " "parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your" " system, but you can specify a different one with the " "<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, " "another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters" " of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | " "<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:268 msgid "Troubleshoot" msgstr "Problembehebung" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:270 msgid "" "You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by " "inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273 msgid "" "You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the " "<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280 msgid "" "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in " "Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link " "ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to " "check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package" " is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, " "redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report" " the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this " "tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer " "works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-" "date drivers or for more recent devices." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:292 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother Drucker</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294 msgid "" "<link " "ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This" " page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver " "for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:298 msgid "" "You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one " "devices</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:304 msgid "" "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the " "detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information " "<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" "web/index.html\">here</link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available " "in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link " "ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" "web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management " "of the printer." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:311 msgid "" "A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner " "features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't " "allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate). In this " "case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the " "picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device. Afterwards, " "open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory " "card which is appeared in the /media folder." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:319 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung Farbdrucker</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321 msgid "" "For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link " "ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> " "for the QPDL protocol." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:324 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson Drucker und Scanner</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326 msgid "" "Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link " "ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" " search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-" "data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package" " can also be available and is to install. Choose the " "<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:332 msgid "" "It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a " "conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:336 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon Drucker</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:338 msgid "" "For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint " "<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:9 msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings" msgstr "Importieren von Windows(TM)-Dokumenten und -Einstellungen" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:12 msgid "transfugdrake" msgstr "transfugdrake" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:17 msgid "transfugdrake.png" msgstr "transfugdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:21 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " "labelled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings " "from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark " "class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark " "class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> " "installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake " "immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:37 msgid "" "After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some " "explanation about the tool and import options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:40 msgid "" "As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of " "<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:44 msgid "" "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to " "choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and " "Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account" " than yours own." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51 msgid "transfugdrake1.png" msgstr "transfugdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56 msgid "" "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of " "transfugdrake) limitations <trademark " "class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special " "symbols can be displayed incorrectly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:62 msgid "" "Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:67 msgid "" "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications " "(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For " "example, NVidia drivers in <trademark " "class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using " "<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the " "import purposes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74 msgid "" "When you finished with the accounts selection press " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" " to import documents:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80 msgid "transfugdrake2.png" msgstr "transfugdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84 msgid "" "Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark " "class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My " "Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My " "Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the " "appropriate item in this window." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89 msgid "" "When you finished with the document import method choosing press " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" " to import bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95 msgid "transfugdrake3.png" msgstr "transfugdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:99 msgid "" "Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and " "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia " "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103 msgid "" "Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>" " button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:112 msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116 msgid "transfugdrake4.png" msgstr "transfugdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120 msgid "" "Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " "button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:123 msgid "" "The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the " "<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128 msgid "transfugdrake5.png" msgstr "transfugdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/userdrake.xml:11 msgid "Users and Groups" msgstr "Benutzer und Gruppen" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/userdrake.xml:13 msgid "userdrake" msgstr "userdrake" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:18 msgid "userdrake.png" msgstr "userdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:23 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:22 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " "labelled \"Manage users on system\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this " "means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings" " (ID, shell, ...)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:31 msgid "" "When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in" " the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " "<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:35 msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:37 msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:41 msgid "userdrake1.png" msgstr "userdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:45 msgid "" "The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the " "entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything " "or nothing as well!" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:49 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:52 msgid "" "Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended." " There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " "too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower" " and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " "orange and then green as the password strength improves." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:59 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure" " you entered what you intended to." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:62 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that " "allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options " "are Bash, Dash and Sh." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:66 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if " "checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new " "user as the only member (this may be edited)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:70 msgid "" "The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately " "after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:73 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:75 msgid "" "You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific " "group ID." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:78 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:80 msgid "" "<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given " "for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:83 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:87 msgid "userdrake2.png" msgstr "userdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:91 msgid "" "The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account. " "Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary " "accounts." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:95 msgid "" "The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long " "as the account is locked." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:98 msgid "It is also possible to change the icon." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:100 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an " "expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his " "password periodically." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:106 msgid "userdrake3.png" msgstr "userdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:110 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups " "that the user is a member of." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:114 msgid "" "If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be " "effective until his/her next login." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:118 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:120 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the " "group name." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:123 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the " "users who are members of the group" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:126 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:128 msgid "" "Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears " "to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private " "group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:133 msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:136 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:138 msgid "" "The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to" " refresh the display." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:141 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:143 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is " "intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total " "security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to " "make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories" " are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " "to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest " "account</guimenu>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/XFdrake.xml:3 msgid "Set up the graphical server" msgstr "Grafischen Server einrichten" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/XFdrake.xml:5 msgid "XFdrake" msgstr "XFdrake" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:10 msgid "XFdrake.png" msgstr "XFdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:17 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " "<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> " "as root. Mind the capital letters." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " "graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" " "id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:23 msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:25 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grafikkarte</emphasis>:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server " "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example " "one with a proprietary driver." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:31 msgid "" "The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by " "manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical " "order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> " "Xorg</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:37 msgid "" "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most " "graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while " "in your Desktop Environment." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " "<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing " "Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:39 msgid "" "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " "use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for " "example)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:45 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " "you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor" " isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " "<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:54 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Auflösung:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:56 msgid "" "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the " "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:61 msgid "XFdrake1.png" msgstr "XFdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:59 msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the " "middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:66 msgid "" "The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another" " one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " "and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to " "set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or " "select an uncomfortable setting." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:72 msgid "" "The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for" " another one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:76 msgid "" "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and " "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:83 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:85 msgid "" "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking " "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the " "graphical environment doesn't work." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:90 msgid "" "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " "text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use" " XFdrake's text version." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:93 msgid "" "If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want " "to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is " "right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/XFdrake.xml:97 msgid "Options:" msgstr "Optionen:" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:99 msgid "" "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-" "Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X " "server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:103 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable " "three specific features depending on the graphic card." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:107 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " "<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon " "booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it " "may be unchecked for a server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:112 msgid "" "After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask" " you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " "and reconnect to activate the new configuration." msgstr ""